Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | libpng.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60b8fa | 2006-04-20 21:31:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 3 | libpng version 1.4.0beta2 - April 21, 2006 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 4 | Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5dd2b8e | 2004-11-24 07:50:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9c3ab68 | 2006-02-20 22:09:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | Copyright (c) 1998-2005 Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright |
| 8 | notice in png.h. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 9 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 10 | based on: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 11 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright |
| 18 | notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik |
| 23 | December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996 |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | I. Introduction |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | |
| 27 | This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | (known as libpng) for your own use. There are five sections to this |
| 29 | file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | configuration notes for various special platforms. In addition to this |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as |
| 32 | it is heavily commented and should include everything most people |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the |
| 34 | INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | file format in application programs. |
| 39 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 40 | The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as |
| 41 | a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2003 (E)) at |
| 42 | <http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/ |
| 43 | The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content. |
| 44 | |
| 45 | The PNG-1.2 specification is available at |
| 46 | <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | |
| 48 | The PNG-1.0 specification is available |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | as RFC 2083 <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/> and as a |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 0f881d6 | 1998-02-07 10:20:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC.png.html>. Some |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/documents/>. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | |
| 54 | Other information |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | |
| 58 | Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced |
| 59 | users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as |
| 60 | complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand. |
| 61 | Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages |
| 62 | is being considered. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | |
| 64 | Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time, |
| 65 | to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy |
| 67 | to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | majority of the needs of its users. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | |
| 72 | Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d56aca7 | 2000-11-23 11:51:42 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | be found at the zlib home page, <http://www.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib/>. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you |
| 79 | find the libpng source files. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own |
| 83 | png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image. |
| 84 | Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ea0ff3 | 2001-08-07 22:25:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | same instance of a structure. Note: thread safety may be defeated |
| 86 | by use of some of the MMX assembler code in pnggccrd.c, which is only |
| 87 | compiled when the user defines PNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK. |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | II. Structures |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | |
| 91 | There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct |
| 92 | and png_info. The first, png_struct, is an internal structure that |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | will not, for the most part, be used by a user except as the first |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | variable passed to every libpng function call. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | |
| 96 | The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be |
| 98 | directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems |
| 99 | with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7529457 | 2000-05-06 14:09:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*() |
| 101 | functions) was developed. The fields of png_info are still available for |
| 102 | older applications, but it is suggested that applications use the new |
| 103 | interfaces if at all possible. |
| 104 | |
| 105 | Applications that do make direct access to the members of png_struct (except |
| 106 | for png_ptr->jmpbuf) must be recompiled whenever the library is updated, |
| 107 | and applications that make direct access to the members of png_info must |
| 108 | be recompiled if they were compiled or loaded with libpng version 1.0.6, |
| 109 | in which the members were in a different order. In version 1.0.7, the |
| 110 | members of the png_info structure reverted to the old order, as they were |
| 111 | in versions 0.97c through 1.0.5. Starting with version 2.0.0, both |
| 112 | structures are going to be hidden, and the contents of the structures will |
| 113 | only be accessible through the png_get/png_set functions. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng. |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | |
| 118 | #include <png.h> |
| 119 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | III. Reading |
| 121 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose |
| 124 | of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While |
| 125 | progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still |
| 126 | need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG |
| 127 | file. |
| 128 | |
| 129 | Setup |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 131 | You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng, |
| 132 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you |
| 133 | will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG |
| 134 | file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 135 | To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function |
| 136 | png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 if the bytes match the corresponding |
| 137 | bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero otherwise. Of course, the more bytes |
| 138 | you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the prediction. |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | |
| 140 | If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng, |
| 141 | you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning |
| 142 | of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read() |
| 143 | with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will |
| 144 | then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | (*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under |
| 148 | Customizing libpng. |
| 149 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); |
| 152 | if (!fp) |
| 153 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | } |
| 156 | fread(header, 1, number, fp); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c944229 | 1999-01-06 21:50:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | if (!is_png) |
| 159 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | return (NOT_PNG); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | } |
| 162 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 163 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In |
| 165 | order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a |
| 166 | dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and |
| 167 | allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional |
| 168 | pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for |
| 169 | use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can |
| 170 | be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section |
| 171 | on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to |
| 173 | create the structure, so your application should check for that. |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 177 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | if (!png_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 179 | return (ERROR); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 180 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 181 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 182 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 183 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, |
| 185 | (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 186 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 187 | } |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 188 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 189 | png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
| 190 | if (!end_info) |
| 191 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 193 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 195 | } |
| 196 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 197 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, |
| 198 | define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use |
| 199 | png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct(): |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 200 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2 |
| 202 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
| 203 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) |
| 204 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); |
| 205 | |
| 206 | The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct() |
| 207 | and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2() |
| 208 | are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error |
| 209 | handling and memory alloc/free functions. |
| 210 | |
| 211 | When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | routines, you will need to update the jmpbuf field every time you enter |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | a new routine that will call a png_*() function. |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 216 | |
| 217 | See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error |
| 219 | handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information |
| 220 | on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to |
| 222 | free any memory. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 223 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 226 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 227 | &end_info); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | fclose(fp); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 232 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, |
| 233 | you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case |
| 234 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). |
| 235 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to |
| 237 | use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a |
| 238 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another |
| 240 | way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then |
| 241 | implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng |
| 242 | section below. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 245 | |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from |
| 247 | the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let |
| 248 | libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file. |
| 249 | |
| 250 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number); |
| 251 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | Setting up callback code |
| 253 | |
| 254 | You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the |
| 255 | input stream. You must supply the function |
| 256 | |
| 257 | read_chunk_callback(png_ptr ptr, |
| 258 | png_unknown_chunkp chunk); |
| 259 | { |
| 260 | /* The unknown chunk structure contains your |
| 261 | chunk data: */ |
| 262 | png_byte name[5]; |
| 263 | png_byte *data; |
| 264 | png_size_t size; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | /* Note that libpng has already taken care of |
| 266 | the CRC handling */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 268 | /* put your code here. Return one of the |
| 269 | following: */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | |
| 271 | return (-n); /* chunk had an error */ |
| 272 | return (0); /* did not recognize */ |
| 273 | return (n); /* success */ |
| 274 | } |
| 275 | |
| 276 | (You can give your function another name that you like instead of |
| 277 | "read_chunk_callback") |
| 278 | |
| 279 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 280 | |
| 281 | png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr, |
| 282 | read_chunk_callback); |
| 283 | |
| 284 | This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that |
| 285 | you can retrieve with |
| 286 | |
| 287 | png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 288 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 289 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be |
| 290 | called after each row has been read, which you can use to control |
| 291 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. |
| 292 | You must supply a function |
| 293 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e68f5a3 | 2001-05-14 09:20:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | void read_row_callback(png_ptr ptr, png_uint_32 row, |
| 295 | int pass); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | { |
| 297 | /* put your code here */ |
| 298 | } |
| 299 | |
| 300 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback") |
| 301 | |
| 302 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 303 | |
| 304 | png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback); |
| 305 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 272489d | 2004-08-04 06:34:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | Width and height limits |
| 307 | |
| 308 | The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as |
| 309 | large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns. |
| 310 | Since very few applications really need to process such large images, |
| 311 | we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns. |
| 312 | Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If |
| 313 | you wish to override this limit, you can use |
| 314 | |
| 315 | png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max); |
| 316 | |
| 317 | to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL |
| 318 | to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images |
| 319 | anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions). |
| 320 | |
| 321 | You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and |
| 322 | before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data(). |
| 323 | If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use |
| 324 | |
| 325 | width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr); |
| 326 | height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr); |
| 327 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 328 | Unknown-chunk handling |
| 329 | |
| 330 | Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the |
| 331 | input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal |
| 332 | behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in |
| 333 | various info_ptr members; unknown chunks will be discarded. To change |
| 334 | this, you can call: |
| 335 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 272489d | 2004-08-04 06:34:52 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | chunk_list, num_chunks); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d029a75 | 2004-08-09 21:50:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | keep - 0: do not handle as unknown |
| 339 | 1: do not keep |
| 340 | 2: keep only if safe-to-copy |
| 341 | 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy |
| 342 | You can use these definitions: |
| 343 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 |
| 344 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 |
| 345 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 |
| 346 | PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string, |
| 348 | five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if |
| 349 | num_chunks is 0) |
| 350 | num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | dff799e | 2004-08-07 21:42:49 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | unknown chunks are affected. If nonzero, |
| 352 | only the chunks in the list are affected |
| 353 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a |
| 355 | list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally |
| 356 | known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown, |
| 357 | according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive |
| 358 | instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d029a75 | 2004-08-09 21:50:32 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in |
| 360 | chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 361 | |
| 362 | The high-level read interface |
| 363 | |
| 364 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level |
| 365 | read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations. |
| 366 | You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read |
| 367 | the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations |
| 368 | you want to do are limited to the following set: |
| 369 | |
| 370 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Strip 16-bit samples to |
| 372 | 8 bits |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit |
| 375 | samples to bytes |
| 376 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed |
| 377 | pixels to LSB first |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 378 | PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand() |
| 379 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the |
| 381 | sBIT depth |
| 382 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA |
| 383 | to BGRA |
| 384 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA |
| 385 | to AG |
| 386 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity |
| 387 | to transparency |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 388 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples |
| 389 | |
| 390 | (This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation, |
| 391 | dithering, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this: |
| 392 | |
| 393 | png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) |
| 394 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the logical OR of |
| 396 | some set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point |
| 401 | to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.) |
| 402 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 403 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions |
| 404 | when you use png_read_png(). |
| 405 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data |
| 407 | with |
| 408 | |
| 409 | row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 410 | |
| 411 | where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row: |
| 412 | |
| 413 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; |
| 414 | |
| 415 | If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate |
| 416 | row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with |
| 417 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5fea36f | 2004-07-28 08:20:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte)) |
| 419 | png_error (png_ptr, |
| 420 | "Image is too tall to process in memory"); |
| 421 | if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size) |
| 422 | png_error (png_ptr, |
| 423 | "Image is too wide to process in memory"); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5fea36f | 2004-07-28 08:20:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | height*png_sizeof(png_bytep)); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 426 | for (int i=0; i<height, i++) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr, |
| 428 | width*pixel_size); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d56aca7 | 2000-11-23 11:51:42 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 429 | png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 430 | |
| 431 | Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define |
| 432 | row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block. |
| 433 | |
| 434 | If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing |
| 435 | row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated). |
| 436 | |
| 437 | If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will |
| 438 | do it, and it'll be free'ed when you call png_destroy_*(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | |
| 440 | The low-level read interface |
| 441 | |
| 442 | If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all |
| 443 | the file information up to the actual image data. You do this with a |
| 444 | call to png_read_info(). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | Querying the info structure |
| 451 | |
| 452 | Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it |
| 453 | has been read. Note that these fields may not be completely filled |
| 454 | in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 455 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, |
| 457 | &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 458 | &compression_type, &filter_method); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | width - holds the width of the image |
| 461 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
| 462 | height - holds the height of the image |
| 463 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
| 464 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the |
| 465 | image channels. (valid values are |
| 466 | 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on |
| 467 | the color_type. See also |
| 468 | significant bits (sBIT) below). |
| 469 | color_type - describes which color/alpha channels |
| 470 | are present. |
| 471 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY |
| 472 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | (bit depths 8, 16) |
| 475 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE |
| 476 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) |
| 477 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB |
| 478 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 479 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA |
| 480 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 481 | |
| 482 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE |
| 483 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR |
| 484 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA |
| 485 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE |
| 487 | for PNG 1.0, and can also be |
| 488 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if |
| 489 | the PNG datastream is embedded in |
| 490 | a MNG-1.0 datastream) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE |
| 492 | for PNG 1.0) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 493 | interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or |
| 494 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | Any or all of interlace_type, compression_type, of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 496 | filter_method can be NULL if you are |
| 497 | not interested in their values. |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | |
| 499 | channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | channels - number of channels of info for the |
| 501 | color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY, |
| 502 | PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB), |
| 503 | 4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte)) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | rowbytes - number of bytes needed to hold a row |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 506 | |
| 507 | signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | signature - holds the signature read from the |
| 509 | file (if any). The data is kept in |
| 510 | the same offset it would be if the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | whole signature were read (i.e. if an |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | application had already read in 4 |
| 513 | bytes of signature before starting |
| 514 | libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would |
| 515 | be in signature[4] through signature[7] |
| 516 | (see png_set_sig_bytes())). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | |
| 519 | width = png_get_image_width(png_ptr, |
| 520 | info_ptr); |
| 521 | height = png_get_image_height(png_ptr, |
| 522 | info_ptr); |
| 523 | bit_depth = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr, |
| 524 | info_ptr); |
| 525 | color_type = png_get_color_type(png_ptr, |
| 526 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | filter_method = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | info_ptr); |
| 529 | compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr, |
| 530 | info_ptr); |
| 531 | interlace_type = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr, |
| 532 | info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk |
| 536 | has been read. The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and |
| 537 | png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the |
| 538 | data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the |
| 539 | png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a pointer |
| 540 | into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, |
| 543 | &num_palette); |
| 544 | palette - the palette for the file |
| 545 | (array of png_color) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | |
| 548 | png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | gamma - the gamma the file is written |
| 550 | at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent); |
| 553 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | The presence of the sRGB chunk |
| 555 | means that the pixel data is in the |
| 556 | sRGB color space. This chunk also |
| 557 | implies specific values of gAMA and |
| 558 | cHRM. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name, |
| 561 | &compression_type, &profile, &proflen); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 562 | name - The profile name. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | compression - The compression type; always |
| 564 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. |
| 565 | You may give NULL to this argument to |
| 566 | ignore it. |
| 567 | profile - International Color Consortium color |
| 568 | profile data. May contain NULs. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. |
| 570 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for |
| 573 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, |
| 574 | red, green, and blue channels, |
| 575 | whichever are appropriate for the |
| 576 | given color type (png_color_16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 577 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans, &num_trans, |
| 579 | &trans_values); |
| 580 | trans - array of transparent entries for |
| 581 | palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3d5a520 | 2000-07-01 15:37:28 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 582 | trans_values - graylevel or color sample values of |
| 583 | the single transparent color for |
| 584 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | num_trans - number of transparent entries |
| 586 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist); |
| 589 | (PNG_INFO_hIST) |
| 590 | hist - histogram of palette (array of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | png_uint_16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | |
| 593 | png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | mod_time - time image was last modified |
| 595 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | |
| 597 | png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | valid 16-bit red, green and blue |
| 600 | values, regardless of color_type |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 603 | &text_ptr, &num_text); |
| 604 | num_comments - number of comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image |
| 606 | comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 609 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 610 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 611 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain |
| 613 | 1-79 characters. |
| 614 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | keyword. Can be empty. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty |
| 621 | string for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 73d57cb | 2002-03-25 18:49:08 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 622 | text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | (empty string for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | num_text - number of comments (same as |
| 625 | num_comments; you can put NULL here |
| 626 | to avoid the duplication) |
| 627 | Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language, |
| 628 | and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the |
| 629 | structure returned by png_get_text will always contain |
| 630 | regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be |
| 631 | empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 634 | &palette_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | contents of one or more sPLT chunks |
| 637 | read. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read. |
| 639 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | &unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | offset_x - positive offset from the left edge |
| 643 | of the screen |
| 644 | offset_y - positive offset from the top edge |
| 645 | of the screen |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER |
| 647 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 649 | &unit_type); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 650 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in |
| 651 | x direction |
| 652 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in |
| 653 | x direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, |
| 658 | &height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 661 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | (width and height are doubles) |
| 663 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, |
| 665 | &height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
| 667 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 668 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 669 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, |
| 672 | info_ptr, &unknowns) |
| 673 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk |
| 674 | structures holding unknown chunks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk |
| 676 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the |
| 681 | chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the |
| 682 | png_set_unknown_chunks() function. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient |
| 685 | forms: |
| 686 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | info_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 701 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 702 | (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if |
| 703 | the data is not present or if res_x is 0; |
| 704 | res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 705 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient |
| 707 | forms: |
| 708 | |
| 709 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 710 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 711 | x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 712 | y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 713 | |
| 714 | (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the |
| 716 | chunk is present but the unit is the pixel) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | For more information, see the png_info definition in png.h and the |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting |
| 720 | rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.). |
| 722 | See png_read_update_info(), below. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in |
| 725 | keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number |
| 726 | of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are |
| 727 | suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these |
| 728 | strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing |
| 730 | symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details. |
| 731 | There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 733 | Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or |
| 734 | trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the |
| 735 | keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a |
| 737 | pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | a text string. The text string, language code, and translated |
| 739 | keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received. |
| 741 | However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to |
| 742 | make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these |
| 743 | until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be |
| 744 | mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end(). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | Input transformations |
| 747 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | After you've read the header information, you can set up the library |
| 749 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color |
| 752 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on |
| 753 | certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the |
| 756 | data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | The colors used for the background and transparency values should be |
| 759 | supplied in the same format/depth as the current image data. They |
| 760 | are stored in the same format/depth as the image data in a bKGD or tRNS |
| 761 | chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data. The colors are |
| 762 | transformed to keep in sync with the image data when an application |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | calls the png_read_update_info() routine (see below). |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes |
| 766 | unless the library has been told to transform it into another format. |
| 767 | For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned |
| 768 | 2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the |
| 769 | byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b77916 | 2004-09-04 13:25:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha() |
| 771 | is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet. |
| 772 | 16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant |
| 773 | byte of the color value first, unless png_set_strip_16() is called to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 16e1166 | 2004-11-01 14:13:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or |
| 775 | png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or |
| 776 | after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can |
| 777 | be modified with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b77916 | 2004-09-04 13:25:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), or png_set_strip_16(). |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 779 | |
| 780 | The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits, |
| 781 | changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is |
| 782 | transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on |
| 783 | grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image |
| 784 | viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) |
| 787 | png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ce0836 | 2006-03-08 23:35:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 794 | |
| 795 | These three functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added |
| 796 | in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code |
| 797 | readability. In some future version they may actually do different |
| 798 | things. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ce0836 | 2006-03-08 23:35:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was |
| 801 | added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ce0836 | 2006-03-08 23:35:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle |
| 804 | 8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8 bit. |
| 805 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 806 | if (bit_depth == 16) |
| 807 | png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); |
| 808 | |
| 809 | If, for some reason, you don't need the alpha channel on an image, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 810 | and you want to remove it rather than combining it with the background |
| 811 | (but the image author certainly had in mind that you *would* combine |
| 812 | it with the background, so that's what you should probably do): |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 813 | |
| 814 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) |
| 815 | png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 816 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 817 | In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image |
| 818 | is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to |
| 819 | be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the |
| 820 | alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is |
| 821 | fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit |
| 822 | images) is fully transparent, with |
| 823 | |
| 824 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 825 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 826 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as |
| 827 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit |
| 828 | files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the |
| 829 | values of the pixels: |
| 830 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); |
| 833 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 835 | stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31] to |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible to |
| 838 | convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the image. |
| 839 | This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth: |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ea0ff3 | 2001-08-07 22:25:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | png_color_8p sig_bit; |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit)) |
| 844 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit); |
| 845 | |
| 846 | PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red: |
| 848 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 850 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); |
| 852 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1b8e567 | 2001-08-25 06:46:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them |
| 854 | into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format: |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1b8e567 | 2001-08-25 06:46:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) |
| 857 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 858 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 860 | either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1b8e567 | 2001-08-25 06:46:06 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an |
| 863 | opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which |
| 864 | will generate RGBA pixels. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b77916 | 2004-09-04 13:25:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type. If you want |
| 867 | to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with |
| 868 | |
| 869 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 870 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 871 | png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER); |
| 872 | |
| 873 | where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 16e1166 | 2004-11-01 14:13:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | This function was added in libpng-1.2.7. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b77916 | 2004-09-04 13:25:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 876 | If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the |
| 877 | data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA: |
| 878 | |
| 879 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
| 880 | png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 881 | |
| 882 | For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | RGB. This code will do that conversion: |
| 884 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || |
| 886 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
| 887 | png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | with alpha. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | |
| 892 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || |
| 893 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_ptr, error_action, |
| 895 | int red_weight, int green_weight); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | |
| 897 | error_action = 1: silently do the conversion |
| 898 | error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original |
| 899 | image has any pixel where |
| 900 | red != green or red != blue |
| 901 | error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the |
| 902 | conversion if the original |
| 903 | image has any pixel where |
| 904 | red != green or red != blue |
| 905 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | red_weight: weight of red component times 100000 |
| 907 | green_weight: weight of green component times 100000 |
| 908 | If either weight is negative, default |
| 909 | weights (21268, 71514) are used. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | |
| 911 | If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can |
| 912 | later check whether the image really was gray, after processing |
| 913 | the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function. |
| 914 | It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or |
| 915 | 1 if there were any non-gray pixels. bKGD and sBIT data |
| 916 | will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel |
| 917 | data, regardless of the error_action setting. |
| 918 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | With red_weight+green_weight<=100000, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | the normalized graylevel is computed: |
| 921 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | int rw = red_weight * 65536; |
| 923 | int gw = green_weight * 65536; |
| 924 | int bw = 65536 - (rw + gw); |
| 925 | gray = (rw*red + gw*green + bw*blue)/65536; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | |
| 927 | The default values approximate those recommended in the Charles |
| 928 | Poynton's Color FAQ, <http://www.inforamp.net/~poynton/> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5dd2b8e | 2004-11-24 07:50:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | Copyright (c) 1998-01-04 Charles Poynton <poynton at inforamp.net> |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | |
| 931 | Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B |
| 932 | |
| 933 | Libpng approximates this with |
| 934 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | Y = 0.21268 * R + 0.7151 * G + 0.07217 * B |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | |
| 937 | which can be expressed with integers as |
| 938 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 939 | Y = (6969 * R + 23434 * G + 2365 * B)/32768 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 940 | |
| 941 | The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma |
| 942 | is known. |
| 943 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 73d57cb | 2002-03-25 18:49:08 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | If you have a grayscale and you are using png_set_expand_depth(), |
| 945 | png_set_expand(), or png_set_gray_to_rgb to change to truecolor or to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 946 | a higher bit-depth, you must either supply the background color as a gray |
| 947 | value at the original file bit-depth (need_expand = 1) or else supply the |
| 948 | background color as an RGB triplet at the final, expanded bit depth |
| 949 | (need_expand = 0). Similarly, if you are reading a paletted image, you |
| 950 | must either supply the background color as a palette index (need_expand = 1) |
| 951 | or as an RGB triplet that may or may not be in the palette (need_expand = 0). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | png_color_16 my_background; |
| 954 | png_color_16p image_background; |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background)) |
| 957 | png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background, |
| 958 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1, 1.0); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | else |
| 960 | png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background, |
| 961 | PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1.0); |
| 962 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | The png_set_background() function tells libpng to composite images |
| 964 | with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied background |
| 965 | color. If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid), |
| 966 | you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for |
| 967 | the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You |
| 968 | need to tell libpng whether the color is in the gamma space of the |
| 969 | display (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN for colors you supply), the file |
| 970 | (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE for colors from the bKGD chunk), or one |
| 971 | that is neither of these gammas (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE - I don't |
| 972 | know why anyone would use this, but it's here). |
| 973 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | To properly display PNG images on any kind of system, the application needs |
| 975 | to know what the display gamma is. Ideally, the user will know this, and |
| 976 | the application will allow them to set it. One method of allowing the user |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | bcfd15d | 1999-10-01 14:22:25 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | to set the display gamma separately for each system is to check for a |
| 978 | SCREEN_GAMMA or DISPLAY_GAMMA environment variable, which will hopefully be |
| 979 | correctly set. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 980 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | bcfd15d | 1999-10-01 14:22:25 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | Note that display_gamma is the overall gamma correction required to produce |
| 982 | pleasing results, which depends on the lighting conditions in the surrounding |
| 983 | environment. In a dim or brightly lit room, no compensation other than |
| 984 | the physical gamma exponent of the monitor is needed, while in a dark room |
| 985 | a slightly smaller exponent is better. |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | double gamma, screen_gamma; |
| 988 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 989 | if (/* We have a user-defined screen |
| 990 | gamma value */) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | { |
| 992 | screen_gamma = user_defined_screen_gamma; |
| 993 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | /* One way that applications can share the same |
| 995 | screen gamma value */ |
| 996 | else if ((gamma_str = getenv("SCREEN_GAMMA")) |
| 997 | != NULL) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | screen_gamma = (double)atof(gamma_str); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | } |
| 1001 | /* If we don't have another value */ |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | else |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | screen_gamma = 2.2; /* A good guess for a |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | PC monitor in a bright office or a dim room */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1006 | screen_gamma = 2.0; /* A good guess for a |
| 1007 | PC monitor in a dark room */ |
| 1008 | screen_gamma = 1.7 or 1.0; /* A good |
| 1009 | guess for Mac systems */ |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | The png_set_gamma() function handles gamma transformations of the data. |
| 1013 | Pass both the file gamma and the current screen_gamma. If the file does |
| 1014 | not have a gamma value, you can pass one anyway if you have an idea what |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | it is (usually 0.45455 is a good guess for GIF images on PCs). Note |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | that file gammas are inverted from screen gammas. See the discussions |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 | on gamma in the PNG specification for an excellent description of what |
| 1018 | gamma is, and why all applications should support it. It is strongly |
| 1019 | recommended that PNG viewers support gamma correction. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma)) |
| 1022 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, gamma); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | else |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_dither() |
| 1028 | will do that. Note that this is a simple match dither that merely |
| 1029 | finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with |
| 1030 | optimized palettes, and fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you |
| 1031 | pass a palette that is larger then maximum_colors, the file will |
| 1032 | reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into |
| 1033 | maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, it will use it to make |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | histogram, it may not do as good a job. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1036 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1040 | PNG_INFO_PLTE)) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 865f4f0 | 2002-09-15 20:30:38 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | png_uint_16p histogram = NULL; |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1043 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1045 | &histogram); |
| 1046 | png_set_dither(png_ptr, palette, num_palette, |
| 1047 | max_screen_colors, histogram, 1); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1048 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | else |
| 1050 | { |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] = |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | { ... colors ... }; |
| 1053 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1054 | png_set_dither(png_ptr, std_color_cube, |
| 1055 | MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, |
| 1056 | NULL,0); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | } |
| 1058 | } |
| 1059 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one. |
| 1061 | The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be |
| 1062 | zero): |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ea0ff3 | 2001-08-07 22:25:59 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1064 | if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) |
| 1065 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images: |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || |
| 1070 | color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the |
| 1075 | other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1076 | way PCs store them): |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | if (bit_depth == 16) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you |
| 1082 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: |
| 1083 | |
| 1084 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
| 1085 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); |
| 1086 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of |
| 1088 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback |
| 1089 | with |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, |
| 1092 | read_transform_fn); |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | You must supply the function |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | void read_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr |
| 1097 | row_info, png_bytep data) |
| 1098 | |
| 1099 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called |
| 1100 | after all of the other transformations have been processed. |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your |
| 1103 | callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform |
| 1104 | function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the |
| 1105 | function |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, |
| 1108 | user_depth, user_channels); |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and |
| 1111 | freeing any memory required for the user structure. |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function |
| 1114 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example: |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | voidp read_user_transform_ptr = |
| 1117 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 1118 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion |
| 1121 | of the interlaced image. |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info |
| 1126 | structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | call. This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes |
| 1128 | field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 | will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | background if these have been given with the calls above. |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | |
| 1134 | After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply |
| 1136 | raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | varies among applications, no example will be given. If you |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an |
| 1139 | array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some |
| 1140 | of the functions below. |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | Reading image data |
| 1143 | |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are |
| 1146 | allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just |
| 1147 | call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data |
| 1148 | and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in |
| 1149 | an array of pointers to each row. |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't need |
| 1152 | to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple |
| 1153 | times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows(). |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); |
| 1156 | |
| 1157 | where row_pointers is: |
| 1158 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | png_bytep row_pointers[height]; |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | |
| 1161 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. |
| 1162 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, |
| 1168 | number_of_rows); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things |
| 1179 | get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | is a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based |
| 1183 | on an 8x8 grid. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is". |
| 1186 | If you want them filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one |
| 1187 | mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method). |
| 1189 | This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually |
| 1190 | smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle" |
| 1191 | method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the |
| 1192 | rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to |
| 1193 | before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better, |
| 1194 | but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | |
| 1196 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call |
| 1197 | png_read_rows() seven times to read in all seven images. Each of the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | images is a valid image by itself, or they can all be combined on an |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | 8x8 grid to form a single image (although if you intend to combine them |
| 1200 | you would be far better off using the libpng interlace handling). |
| 1201 | |
| 1202 | The first pass will return an image 1/8 as wide as the entire image |
| 1203 | (every 8th column starting in column 0) and 1/8 as high as the original |
| 1204 | (every 8th row starting in row 0), the second will be 1/8 as wide |
| 1205 | (starting in column 4) and 1/8 as high (also starting in row 0). The |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | third pass will be 1/4 as wide (every 4th pixel starting in column 0) and |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | 1/8 as high (every 8th row starting in row 4), and the fourth pass will |
| 1208 | be 1/4 as wide and 1/4 as high (every 4th column starting in column 2, |
| 1209 | and every 4th row starting in row 0). The fifth pass will return an |
| 1210 | image 1/2 as wide, and 1/4 as high (starting at column 0 and row 2), |
| 1211 | while the sixth pass will be 1/2 as wide and 1/2 as high as the original |
| 1212 | (starting in column 1 and row 0). The seventh and final pass will be as |
| 1213 | wide as the original, and 1/2 as high, containing all of the odd |
| 1214 | numbered scanlines. Phew! |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | If you want libpng to expand the images, call this before calling |
| 1217 | png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info(): |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | number_of_passes |
| 1221 | = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | |
| 1223 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this |
| 1224 | is seven, but may change if another interlace type is added. |
| 1225 | This function can be called even if the file is not interlaced, |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | where it will return one pass. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | |
| 1228 | If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are |
| 1229 | going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle |
| 1230 | effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method |
| 1231 | is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1232 | after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | better looking one. |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as |
| 1236 | normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1237 | the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1238 | rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just |
| 1239 | not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that |
| 1240 | pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid. |
| 1241 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1242 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, |
| 1243 | number_of_rows); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1244 | |
| 1245 | If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as |
| 1246 | before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave |
| 1247 | the second parameter NULL. |
| 1248 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1249 | png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers, |
| 1250 | number_of_rows); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | Finishing a sequential read |
| 1253 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9c3ab68 | 2006-02-20 22:09:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | After you are finished reading the image through the |
| 1255 | low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1256 | interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or |
| 1257 | after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if |
| 1258 | you want to keep the comments from before and after the image |
| 1259 | separate. If you are not interested, you can pass NULL. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1260 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 | png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1262 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 1266 | &end_info); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1270 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask |
| 1273 | containing the logical OR of one or |
| 1274 | more of |
| 1275 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, |
| 1276 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, |
| 1277 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, |
| 1278 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, |
| 1279 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, |
| 1280 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | (-1 for all items) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 68ea243 | 2000-04-01 21:10:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated |
| 1286 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | cases do nothing. The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item |
| 1288 | of the selected data type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1289 | -1, and multiple items are allowed for the data type identified in |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | the mask, such as text or sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure |
| 1291 | is freed, where n is "seq". |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally |
| 1294 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() |
| 1296 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | |
| 1298 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | mask - which data elements are affected |
| 1300 | same choices as in png_free_data() |
| 1301 | freer - one of |
| 1302 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 1303 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 1304 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 | |
| 1306 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. |
| 1307 | You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling |
| 1308 | any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*() |
| 1309 | function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present, |
| 1310 | and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes |
| 1312 | responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng |
| 1314 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b182893 | 2001-06-23 08:03:17 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1316 | |
| 1317 | If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in |
| 1318 | the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer |
| 1319 | responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function, |
| 1320 | because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i]. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword |
| 1323 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, |
| 1324 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with |
| 1325 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, |
| 1326 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your |
| 1327 | application, your application must not separately free those members. |
| 1328 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything |
| 1330 | it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by your |
| 1331 | application instead of by libpng, you can use |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask); |
| 1334 | mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid, |
| 1335 | containing the logical OR of one or |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d56aca7 | 2000-11-23 11:51:42 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | more of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT, |
| 1338 | PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE, |
| 1339 | PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD, |
| 1340 | PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs, |
| 1341 | PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME, |
| 1342 | PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB, |
| 1343 | PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT, |
| 1344 | PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT |
| 1345 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | Reading PNG files progressively |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | |
| 1350 | The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive |
| 1351 | reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and |
| 1352 | png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls |
| 1353 | callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You |
| 1354 | set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't |
| 1355 | have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are |
| 1356 | giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above, |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show |
| 1359 | all of the code). |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 | png_structp png_ptr; |
| 1362 | png_infop info_ptr; |
| 1363 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1364 | /* An example code fragment of how you would |
| 1365 | initialize the progressive reader in your |
| 1366 | application. */ |
| 1367 | int |
| 1368 | initialize_png_reader() |
| 1369 | { |
| 1370 | png_ptr = png_create_read_struct |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | if (!png_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 1377 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL, |
| 1379 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 1386 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | /* This one's new. You can provide functions |
| 1391 | to be called when the header info is valid, |
| 1392 | when each row is completed, and when the image |
| 1393 | is finished. If you aren't using all functions, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all |
| 1395 | three functions are NULL, you need to call |
| 1396 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer |
| 1398 | for the function call), and retrieve the pointer |
| 1399 | from inside the callbacks using the function |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | which will return a void pointer, which you have |
| 1404 | to cast appropriately. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | */ |
| 1406 | png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr, |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | info_callback, row_callback, end_callback); |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | return 0; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks |
| 1413 | of data */ |
| 1414 | int |
| 1415 | process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length) |
| 1416 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, |
| 1420 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1422 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk |
| 1425 | of data from the file stream (in order, of |
| 1426 | course). On machines with segmented memory |
| 1427 | models machines, don't give it any more than |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | of 4K. Although you can give it much less if |
| 1430 | necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of |
| 1431 | 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes |
| 1432 | yet). When this function returns, you may |
| 1433 | want to display any rows that were generated |
| 1434 | in the row callback if you don't already do |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | so there. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | */ |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1437 | png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length); |
| 1438 | return 0; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1439 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1441 | /* This function is called (as set by |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | has been supplied so all of the header has been |
| 1444 | read. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | void |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | { |
| 1449 | /* Do any setup here, including setting any of |
| 1450 | the transformations mentioned in the Reading |
| 1451 | PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call |
| 1452 | either png_start_read_image() or |
| 1453 | png_read_update_info() after all the |
| 1454 | transformations are set (even if you don't set |
| 1455 | any). You may start getting rows before |
| 1456 | png_process_data() returns, so this is your |
| 1457 | last chance to prepare for that. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1458 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1459 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | /* This function is called when each row of image |
| 1462 | data is complete */ |
| 1463 | void |
| 1464 | row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | e68f5a3 | 2001-05-14 09:20:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | png_uint_32 row_num, int pass) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | { |
| 1467 | /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned |
| 1468 | on the interlace handler, this function will |
| 1469 | be called for every row in every pass. Some |
| 1470 | of these rows will not be changed from the |
| 1471 | previous pass. When the row is not changed, |
| 1472 | the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows |
| 1473 | and passes are called in order, so you don't |
| 1474 | really need the row_num and pass, but I'm |
| 1475 | supplying them because it may make your life |
| 1476 | easier. |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1478 | For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images, |
| 1479 | you must call png_progressive_combine_row() |
| 1480 | passing in the row and the old row. You can |
| 1481 | call this function for NULL rows (it will just |
| 1482 | return) and for non-interlaced images (it just |
| 1483 | does the memcpy for you) if it will make the |
| 1484 | code easier. Thus, you can just do this for |
| 1485 | all cases: |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1486 | */ |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row, |
| 1489 | new_row); |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1490 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1491 | /* where old_row is what was displayed for |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 345bc27 | 1998-06-14 14:43:31 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | previously for the row. Note that the first |
| 1493 | pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | the old row, so the rows do not have to be |
| 1495 | initialized. After the first pass (and only |
| 1496 | for interlaced images), you will have to pass |
| 1497 | the current row, and the function will combine |
| 1498 | the old row and the new row. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | void |
| 1503 | end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) |
| 1504 | { |
| 1505 | /* This function is called after the whole image |
| 1506 | has been read, including any chunks after the |
| 1507 | image (up to and including the IEND). You |
| 1508 | will usually have the same info chunk as you |
| 1509 | had in the header, although some data may have |
| 1510 | been added to the comments and time fields. |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting |
| 1513 | a flag that marks the image as finished. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | |
| 1517 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | IV. Writing |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | |
| 1521 | Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1522 | importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1523 | back up in the reading section to understand writing. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | Setup |
| 1526 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng, |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1530 | custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb"); |
| 1533 | if (!fp) |
| 1534 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1539 | As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these |
| 1540 | on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 | will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading, |
| 1542 | you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure |
| 1543 | both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as |
| 1544 | "read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | if (!png_ptr) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | |
| 1552 | png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 | if (!info_ptr) |
| 1554 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, |
| 1556 | (png_infopp)NULL); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, |
| 1561 | define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct(): |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | |
| 1564 | png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2 |
| 1565 | (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, |
| 1566 | user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) |
| 1567 | user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); |
| 1568 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | After you have these structures, you will need to set up the |
| 1570 | error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | write the file from different routines, you will need to update |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1574 | the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will |
| 1575 | call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1576 | for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1577 | the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng |
| 1578 | section below for more information on the libpng error handling. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1579 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | { |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 104622b | 2000-05-29 08:58:03 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); |
| 1583 | fclose(fp); |
| 1584 | return (ERROR); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 | } |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | ... |
| 1587 | return; |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 | If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, |
| 1590 | you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case |
| 1591 | errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). |
| 1592 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a |
| 1595 | valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is |
| 1596 | opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in |
| 1597 | another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing |
| 1598 | Libpng section below. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1600 | png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1601 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60b8fa | 2006-04-20 21:31:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 1602 | If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't |
| 1603 | want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already |
| 1604 | written the signature in your application, use |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | to inform libpng that it should not write a signature. |
| 1609 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | Write callbacks |
| 1611 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1612 | At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be |
| 1613 | called after each row has been written, which you can use to control |
| 1614 | a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. |
| 1615 | You must supply a function |
| 1616 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | void write_row_callback(png_ptr, png_uint_32 row, |
| 1618 | int pass); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | { |
| 1620 | /* put your code here */ |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | (You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback") |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | To inform libpng about your function, use |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback); |
| 1628 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1629 | You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will |
| 1630 | run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful |
Andreas Dilger | 02ad0ef | 1997-01-17 01:34:35 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1631 | in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the |
| 1633 | maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you |
| 1634 | have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by |
| 1635 | not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good |
| 1636 | speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 | the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the |
| 1638 | July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing |
| 1639 | a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third |
| 1640 | parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested |
| 1641 | for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific filter |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | types. |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1645 | /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 | specific filters. You can use either a single |
| 1647 | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the logical OR of one |
| 1648 | or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks. */ |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1650 | PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE | |
| 1651 | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB | |
| 1652 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP | |
| 1653 | PNG_FILTER_AVE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVE | |
| 1654 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH| |
| 1655 | PNG_ALL_FILTERS); |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | If an application |
| 1658 | wants to start and stop using particular filters during compression, |
| 1659 | it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that the previous |
| 1660 | row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later), and then add |
| 1661 | and remove them after the start of compression. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1663 | If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG |
| 1664 | datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64. |
| 1665 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are |
| 1668 | doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level() |
| 1669 | which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed |
| 1671 | with zlib) for details on the compression levels. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1672 | |
| 1673 | /* set the zlib compression level */ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, |
| 1675 | Z_BEST_COMPRESSION); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1676 | |
| 1677 | /* set other zlib parameters */ |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1678 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 1680 | Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); |
| 1682 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192) |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | extern PNG_EXPORT(void,png_set_zbuf_size) |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 | Setting the contents of info for output |
| 1688 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you |
| 1690 | wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you |
| 1691 | are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that |
| 1695 | data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't |
| 1696 | fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and |
| 1697 | their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields |
| 1698 | contain, see the PNG specification. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1699 | |
| 1700 | Some of the more important parts of the png_info are: |
| 1701 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height, |
| 1703 | bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | compression_type, filter_method) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1705 | width - holds the width of the image |
| 1706 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
| 1707 | height - holds the height of the image |
| 1708 | in pixels (up to 2^31). |
| 1709 | bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the |
| 1710 | image channels. |
| 1711 | (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 |
| 1712 | and depend also on the |
| 1713 | color_type. See also significant |
| 1714 | bits (sBIT) below). |
| 1715 | color_type - describes which color/alpha |
| 1716 | channels are present. |
| 1717 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY |
| 1718 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) |
| 1719 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA |
| 1720 | (bit depths 8, 16) |
| 1721 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE |
| 1722 | (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) |
| 1723 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB |
| 1724 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
| 1725 | PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA |
| 1726 | (bit_depths 8, 16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | |
| 1728 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE |
| 1729 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR |
| 1730 | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA |
| 1731 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or |
| 1733 | PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1734 | compression_type - (must be |
| 1735 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1736 | filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT |
| 1737 | or, if you are writing a PNG to |
| 1738 | be embedded in a MNG datastream, |
| 1739 | can also be |
| 1740 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, |
| 1743 | num_palette); |
| 1744 | palette - the palette for the file |
| 1745 | (array of png_color) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 | num_palette - number of entries in the palette |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1747 | |
| 1748 | png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, gamma); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1749 | gamma - the gamma the image was created |
| 1750 | at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1751 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1752 | png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent |
| 1754 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of |
| 1755 | the sRGB chunk means that the pixel |
| 1756 | data is in the sRGB color space. |
| 1757 | This chunk also implies specific |
| 1758 | values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering |
| 1759 | intent is the CSS-1 property that |
| 1760 | has been defined by the International |
| 1761 | Color Consortium |
| 1762 | (http://www.color.org). |
| 1763 | It can be one of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5379b24 | 1999-11-27 10:22:33 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION, |
| 1765 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL, |
| 1766 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or |
| 1767 | PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, |
| 1771 | srgb_intent); |
| 1772 | srgb_intent - the rendering intent |
| 1773 | (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the |
| 1774 | sRGB chunk means that the pixel |
| 1775 | data is in the sRGB color space. |
| 1776 | This function also causes gAMA and |
| 1777 | cHRM chunks with the specific values |
| 1778 | that are consistent with sRGB to be |
| 1779 | written. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type, |
| 1782 | profile, proflen); |
| 1783 | name - The profile name. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | compression - The compression type; always |
| 1785 | PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. |
| 1786 | You may give NULL to this argument to |
| 1787 | ignore it. |
| 1788 | profile - International Color Consortium color |
| 1789 | profile data. May contain NULs. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 | proflen - length of profile data in bytes. |
| 1791 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | sig_bit - the number of significant bits for |
| 1794 | (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red, |
| 1795 | green, and blue channels, whichever are |
| 1796 | appropriate for the given color type |
| 1797 | (png_color_16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans, num_trans, |
| 1800 | trans_values); |
| 1801 | trans - array of transparent entries for |
| 1802 | palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 3d5a520 | 2000-07-01 15:37:28 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | trans_values - graylevel or color sample values of |
| 1804 | the single transparent color for |
| 1805 | non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 | num_trans - number of transparent entries |
| 1807 | (PNG_INFO_tRNS) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist); |
| 1810 | (PNG_INFO_hIST) |
| 1811 | hist - histogram of palette (array of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | png_uint_16) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 | |
| 1814 | png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | mod_time - time image was last modified |
| 1816 | (PNG_VALID_tIME) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | |
| 1818 | png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background); |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | |
| 1821 | png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | text_ptr - array of png_text holding image |
| 1823 | comments |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1824 | text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 1826 | PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 1827 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE |
| 1828 | PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain |
| 1830 | 1-79 characters. |
| 1831 | text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current |
| 1832 | keyword. Can be NULL or empty. |
| 1833 | text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | after decompression, 0 for iTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or |
| 1838 | empty for unknown). |
| 1839 | text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL |
| 1840 | or empty for unknown). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | num_text - number of comments |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr, |
| 1844 | num_spalettes); |
| 1845 | palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures |
| 1846 | to be added to the list of palettes |
| 1847 | in the info structure. |
| 1848 | num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be |
| 1849 | added. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y, |
| 1852 | unit_type); |
| 1853 | offset_x - positive offset from the left |
| 1854 | edge of the screen |
| 1855 | offset_y - positive offset from the top |
| 1856 | edge of the screen |
| 1857 | unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y, |
| 1860 | unit_type); |
| 1861 | res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution |
| 1862 | in x direction |
| 1863 | res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution |
| 1864 | in y direction |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1865 | unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1866 | PNG_RESOLUTION_METER |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 1871 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | (width and height are doubles) |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 | png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) |
| 1875 | unit - physical scale units (an integer) |
| 1876 | width - width of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 1877 | height - height of a pixel in physical scale units |
| 1878 | (width and height are strings like "2.54") |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1879 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns, |
| 1881 | num_unknowns) |
| 1882 | unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk |
| 1883 | structures holding unknown chunks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk |
| 1885 | unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4accabb | 2000-04-14 14:20:47 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file |
| 1888 | 0: do not write chunk |
| 1889 | PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE |
| 1890 | PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT |
| 1891 | PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | |
| 1893 | The "location" member is set automatically according to |
| 1894 | what part of the output file has already been written. |
| 1895 | You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks() |
| 1896 | as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations", |
| 1897 | the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the |
| 1898 | structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which |
| 1899 | the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with |
| 1900 | png_set_unknown_chunks). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text |
| 1903 | structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value, |
| 1905 | and a compression type. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression |
| 1908 | types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero. |
| 1909 | However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you |
| 1913 | specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt |
| 1914 | any language code or translated keyword will not be written out. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1916 | Until text gets around 1000 bytes, it is not worth compressing it. |
| 1917 | After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type |
| 1918 | is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR, |
| 1919 | so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling |
| 1920 | png_write_end() with the same struct. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | |
| 1922 | The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are: |
| 1923 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | Title Short (one line) title or |
| 1925 | caption for image |
| 1926 | Author Name of image's creator |
| 1927 | Description Description of image (possibly long) |
| 1928 | Copyright Copyright notice |
| 1929 | Creation Time Time of original image creation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | (usually RFC 1123 format, see below) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | Software Software used to create the image |
| 1932 | Disclaimer Legal disclaimer |
| 1933 | Warning Warning of nature of content |
| 1934 | Source Device used to create the image |
| 1935 | Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion |
| 1936 | from other image format |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | |
| 1938 | The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short |
| 1939 | simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write |
| 1942 | some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want |
| 1943 | to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the |
| 1944 | disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections |
| 1945 | don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before |
| 1946 | they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1 |
| 1948 | (Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not |
| 1949 | contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other |
| 1950 | unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick |
| 1951 | with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions |
| 1952 | like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs. |
| 1954 | Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string |
| 1955 | is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless. |
| 1956 | |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1957 | PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The |
| 1960 | time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of |
| 1961 | these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly, |
| 1962 | you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | that months start with 1. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should |
| 1968 | use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is |
| 1969 | necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague, |
| 1970 | depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was |
| 1971 | created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was |
| 1972 | scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate |
| 1973 | machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time" |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the |
| 1976 | "Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed |
| 1977 | by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_timep) is provided to convert from PNG |
| 1979 | time to an RFC 1123 format string. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | b6ce43d | 1998-01-01 07:13:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | Writing unknown chunks |
| 1982 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks |
| 1984 | for writing. You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's |
| 1985 | all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the next following |
| 1986 | png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function. |
| 1987 | Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk |
| 1988 | list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG |
| 1989 | specification's ordering rules. |
| 1990 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | The high-level write interface |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level |
| 1994 | write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations. |
| 1995 | You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | in the info structure. All defined output |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | |
| 1999 | PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation |
| 2000 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed |
| 2002 | pixels to LSB first |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the |
| 2005 | sBIT depth |
| 2006 | PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA |
| 2007 | to BGRA |
| 2008 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA |
| 2009 | to AG |
| 2010 | PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity |
| 2011 | to transparency |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples |
| 2013 | PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler bytes. |
| 2014 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2015 | If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use |
| 2016 | png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | |
| 2018 | png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) |
| 2019 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | where png_transforms is an integer containing the logical OR of some set of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, |
| 2023 | then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | (The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point |
| 2026 | to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions |
| 2029 | when you use png_write_png(). |
| 2030 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2031 | The low-level write interface |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to |
| 2034 | write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do |
| 2035 | this with a call to png_write_info(). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2037 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before |
| 2040 | png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the |
| 2041 | level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of |
| 2042 | transparency, you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so |
| 2043 | that 0 is fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or |
| 2044 | 65535 (in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the |
| 2049 | other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS |
| 2050 | chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If |
| 2051 | your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases |
| 2052 | represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to |
| 2053 | be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your |
| 2054 | png_write_info() call. |
| 2055 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5379b24 | 1999-11-27 10:22:33 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before |
| 2057 | the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in |
| 2058 | two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them: |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5379b24 | 1999-11-27 10:22:33 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
| 2063 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | After you've written the file information, you can set up the library |
| 2065 | to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 | ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2067 | should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color |
| 2068 | type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on |
| 2069 | certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the |
| 2072 | data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 68ea243 | 2000-04-01 21:10:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2075 | the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2 |
| 2077 | bytes per pixel). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel |
| 2083 | is stored XRGB or RGBX. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | |
| 2085 | PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as |
| 2086 | they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files. |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | correctly pack the pixels into a single byte: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2090 | png_set_packing(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2091 | |
| 2092 | PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */ |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | { |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth; |
| 2100 | sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth; |
| 2101 | sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth; |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | } |
| 2103 | else |
| 2104 | { |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2105 | sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth; |
| 2106 | } |
| 2107 | if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) |
| 2108 | { |
| 2109 | sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth; |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2110 | } |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG), |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as |
| 2117 | is required by PNG. |
| 2118 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits |
| 2124 | first, the way PCs store them): |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2126 | if (bit_depth > 8) |
| 2127 | png_set_swap(png_ptr); |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 | If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you |
| 2130 | need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: |
| 2131 | |
| 2132 | if (bit_depth < 8) |
| 2133 | png_set_packswap(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | png_set_bgr(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2142 | (black being one and white being zero): |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2144 | png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of |
| 2147 | the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback |
| 2148 | with |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, |
| 2151 | write_transform_fn); |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | You must supply the function |
| 2154 | |
| 2155 | void write_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | row_info, png_bytep data) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | |
| 2158 | See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | before any of the other transformations are processed. |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your |
| 2162 | callback function. |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0); |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored |
| 2167 | when writing; you can set them to zero as shown. |
| 2168 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2169 | You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr(). |
| 2170 | For example: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | |
| 2172 | voidp write_user_transform_ptr = |
| 2173 | png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually, |
| 2176 | or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To |
| 2177 | flush the output stream a single time call: |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | png_write_flush(png_ptr); |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain |
| 2182 | number of scanlines have been written, call: |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows); |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush() |
| 2187 | was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called. |
| 2188 | So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the |
| 2189 | output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2192 | RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will |
| 2194 | only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images |
| 2195 | that do not use flushing. |
| 2196 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2197 | Writing the image data |
| 2198 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng |
| 2202 | will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to |
| 2203 | each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't |
| 2204 | need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple |
| 2205 | times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows(). |
| 2206 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2207 | png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2208 | |
| 2209 | where row_pointers is: |
| 2210 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | png_byte *row_pointers[height]; |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | |
| 2213 | You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. |
| 2214 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 896239b | 1998-04-21 15:03:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced, |
| 2217 | this is simple: |
| 2218 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, |
| 2220 | number_of_rows); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | |
| 2222 | row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call. |
| 2223 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2225 | a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | png_bytep row_pointer = row; |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2228 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 520a764 | 2000-03-21 05:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | complicated. The only currently (as of the PNG Specification |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | version 1.2, dated July 1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | is the "Adam7" interlace scheme, that breaks down an |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2235 | image into seven smaller images of varying size. libpng will build |
| 2236 | these images for you, or you can do them yourself. If you want to |
| 2237 | build them yourself, see the PNG specification for details of which |
| 2238 | pixels to write when. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | |
| 2240 | If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the |
| 2242 | correct number of times to write all seven sub-images. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start |
| 2245 | writing any rows: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | number_of_passes = |
| 2248 | png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2249 | |
| 2250 | This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this |
| 2251 | is seven, but may change if another interlace type is added. |
| 2252 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2253 | Then write the complete image number_of_passes times. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, |
| 2256 | number_of_rows); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 | |
| 2258 | As some of these rows are not used, and thus return immediately, |
| 2259 | you may want to read about interlacing in the PNG specification, |
| 2260 | and only update the rows that are actually used. |
| 2261 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | Finishing a sequential write |
| 2263 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing |
| 2265 | the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested, |
| 2267 | you can pass NULL. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | |
| 2271 | When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this: |
| 2272 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 | It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask |
| 2280 | containing the logical OR of one or |
| 2281 | more of |
| 2282 | PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, |
| 2283 | PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, |
| 2284 | PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, |
| 2285 | PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, |
| 2286 | PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, |
| 2287 | or simply PNG_FREE_ALL |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | seq - sequence number of item to be freed |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | (-1 for all items) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | fc4a143 | 2000-05-17 17:39:34 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 | This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated |
| 2293 | by the user and not by libpng, and will in those |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 | cases do nothing. The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item |
| 2295 | of the selected data type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 68ea243 | 2000-04-01 21:10:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2296 | -1, and multiple items are allowed for the data type identified in |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | the mask, such as text or sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure |
| 2298 | is freed, where n is "seq". |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2299 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed |
| 2301 | in to libpng with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | png_destroy_write_struct(). |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally |
| 2305 | by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() |
| 2307 | or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | |
| 2309 | png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | mask - which data elements are affected |
| 2311 | same choices as in png_free_data() |
| 2312 | freer - one of |
| 2313 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 2314 | PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA |
| 2315 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | |
| 2317 | For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure |
| 2318 | to a write structure, you could use |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr, |
| 2321 | PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, |
| 2322 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) |
| 2323 | png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr, |
| 2324 | PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA, |
| 2325 | PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) |
| 2326 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy |
| 2329 | function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read |
| 2330 | structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write |
| 2331 | structure. |
| 2332 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | This function only affects data that has already been allocated. |
| 2334 | You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions |
| 2335 | to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. |
| 2336 | When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | application must use |
| 2338 | png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng |
| 2339 | for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() |
| 2340 | or png_zalloc() to allocate it. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword |
| 2343 | separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, |
| 2344 | because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with |
| 2345 | the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, |
| 2346 | if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your |
| 2347 | application, your application must not separately free those members. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | V. Modifying/Customizing libpng: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 231e687 | 2001-01-12 15:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | There are three issues here. The first is changing how libpng does |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling. |
| 2354 | The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks, |
| 2355 | adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 231e687 | 2001-01-12 15:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally |
| 2357 | determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need |
| 2358 | to provide the user with a means of changing them. The third is a |
| 2359 | run-time issue: choosing between and/or tuning one or more alternate |
| 2360 | versions of computationally intensive routines; specifically, optimized |
| 2361 | assembly-language (and therefore compiler- and platform-dependent) |
| 2362 | versions. |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 231e687 | 2001-01-12 15:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2369 | these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cfbed9b | 2002-05-21 18:06:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | and png_free(). These currently just call the standard C functions. If |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | your pointers can't access more then 64K at a time, you will want to set |
| 2374 | MAXSEG_64K in zlib.h. Since it is unlikely that the method of handling |
| 2375 | memory allocation on a platform will change between applications, these |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | functions must be modified in the library at compile time. If you prefer |
| 2377 | to use a different method of allocating and freeing data, you can use |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cfbed9b | 2002-05-21 18:06:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | png_create_read_struct_2() or png_create_write_struct_2() to register |
| 2379 | your own functions as described above. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cfbed9b | 2002-05-21 18:06:08 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | |
| 2382 | mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr); |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows: |
| 2385 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | ae498dc | 2001-11-24 14:53:31 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2387 | png_size_t size); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5fea36f | 2004-07-28 08:20:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc() |
| 2391 | function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the |
| 2392 | system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn(). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 82ae383 | 2001-04-20 10:32:10 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(), |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in |
| 2396 | png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change |
| 2397 | the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set |
| 2398 | through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | png_get_io_ptr(). For example: |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr, |
| 2404 | voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn) |
Guy Schalnat | 0f71645 | 1995-11-28 11:22:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr, |
| 2407 | voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn); |
Guy Schalnat | 0f71645 | 1995-11-28 11:22:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f7d1a17 | 1998-06-06 15:31:35 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr); |
| 2411 | voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows: |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 837a3d1 | 2002-05-10 20:19:58 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 837a3d1 | 2002-05-10 20:19:58 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | png_bytep data, png_size_t length); |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back |
| 2422 | to using the default C stream functions. It is an error to read from |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | a write stream, and vice versa. |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | |
| 2425 | Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning(). |
| 2426 | Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error() |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with |
| 2429 | PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()), |
| 2430 | but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish. |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 | On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 38e6e77 | 2000-04-09 19:06:13 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined |
| 2436 | (because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because |
| 2437 | fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error |
| 2438 | functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These |
| 2439 | functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement |
| 2441 | functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling: |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 2444 | png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, |
| 2445 | png_error_ptr warning_fn); |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr); |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng |
| 2450 | default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a |
| 2451 | problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have |
| 2452 | parameters as follows: |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2454 | void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 2455 | png_const_charp error_msg); |
| 2456 | void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr, |
| 2457 | png_const_charp warning_msg); |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | |
| 2459 | The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and |
| 2460 | catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write, |
| 2461 | as there is no need to check every return code of every function call. |
| 2462 | However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables |
| 2463 | after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything after |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your compiler |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you may wish |
| 2466 | to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net). |
Guy Schalnat | 0f71645 | 1995-11-28 11:22:13 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | Custom chunks |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper |
| 2471 | into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing |
| 2472 | and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 9c3ab68 | 2006-02-20 22:09:05 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 | for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 | library code itself needs to know about interactions between your |
| 2475 | chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks. |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG |
| 2478 | specification. Acquire a first level of |
| 2479 | understanding of how it works. Pay particular attention to the |
| 2480 | sections that describe chunk names, and look at how other chunks were |
| 2481 | designed, so you can do things similarly. Second, check out the |
| 2482 | sections of libpng that read and write chunks. Try to find a chunk |
| 2483 | that is similar to yours and use it as a template. More details can |
| 2484 | be found in the comments inside the code. It is best to handle unknown |
| 2485 | chunks in a generic method, via callback functions, instead of by |
| 2486 | modifying libpng functions. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2487 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2488 | If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through |
| 2489 | the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of |
| 2490 | the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar |
| 2491 | transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details |
| 2492 | can be found in the comments inside the code itself. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2493 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 | Configuring for 16 bit platforms |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2495 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 | won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2499 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 | Configuring for DOS |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2502 | For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level() |
| 2504 | call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information. |
| 2505 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2506 | Configuring for Medium Model |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 | |
| 2508 | Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is |
| 2512 | expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on |
| 2513 | the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 | note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is an |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | unsigned char far * far *. |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 | Configuring for gui/windowing platforms: |
| 2518 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2519 | You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI |
| 2520 | interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a77ef62 | 2000-02-18 13:48:52 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 | warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called, |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | in order to have them available during the structure initialization. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers, |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2524 | you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.). |
Guy Schalnat | 6d76471 | 1995-12-19 03:22:19 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 | |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2526 | Configuring for compiler xxx: |
| 2527 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add/change/delete |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | an include, this is the place to do it. The includes that are not |
| 2530 | needed outside libpng are protected by the PNG_INTERNAL definition, |
| 2531 | which is only defined for those routines inside libpng itself. The |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2532 | files in libpng proper only include png.h, which includes pngconf.h. |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | Configuring zlib: |
| 2535 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the |
| 2537 | most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses |
| 2538 | input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 | uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests |
| 2540 | have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2541 | the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much |
| 2542 | faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2543 | (Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also |
| 2544 | specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create |
| 2545 | files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the |
| 2546 | compression level by calling: |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2547 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level); |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | |
| 2550 | Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library. |
| 2551 | The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are |
| 2552 | short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4fb046a | 2002-04-15 09:25:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 | Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among |
| 2554 | other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible |
| 2555 | data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly |
| 2556 | larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case. |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | |
Guy Schalnat | b2e01bd | 1996-01-26 01:38:47 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2560 | The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended |
| 2561 | for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See |
| 2562 | zlib.h for more information on what these mean. |
| 2563 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, |
| 2565 | strategy); |
| 2566 | png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, |
| 2567 | window_bits); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | Controlling row filtering |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2572 | |
| 2573 | If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which |
| 2574 | filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration |
| 2576 | of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and |
| 2577 | encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed |
| 2578 | of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor |
| 2580 | for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | |
| 2582 | The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters' |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2584 | parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each |
| 2585 | scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS |
| 2586 | to turn filtering on and off, respectively. |
| 2587 | |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2588 | Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB, |
| 2589 | PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 6942d53 | 2000-05-01 09:31:54 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4fb046a | 2002-04-15 09:25:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification. |
| 2592 | If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2593 | the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters |
| 2594 | you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4fb046a | 2002-04-15 09:25:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 | structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this |
| 2596 | means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng |
| 2597 | currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row() |
| 2598 | is called for the first time.) |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2599 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 | PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVE | |
| 2602 | PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS; |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, |
| 2605 | filters); |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2606 | The second parameter can also be |
| 2607 | PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are |
| 2608 | writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG |
| 2609 | datastream. This parameter must be the |
| 2610 | same as the value of filter_method used |
| 2611 | in png_set_IHDR(). |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2612 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4fb046a | 2002-04-15 09:25:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2614 | available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by |
| 2615 | telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive |
| 2616 | rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters. |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2617 | |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1}, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] = |
| 2620 | {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7}; |
Guy Schalnat | 4ee97b0 | 1996-01-16 01:51:56 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2621 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4fb046a | 2002-04-15 09:25:51 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 | png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr, |
| 2623 | PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a357b99 | 1998-02-08 20:56:40 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 | weights, costs); |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the |
| 2627 | row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter |
| 2628 | is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example, |
| 2629 | if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2630 | "sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters |
| 2631 | and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times |
| 2632 | higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are |
| 2633 | taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining |
| 2634 | like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters. |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost |
| 2637 | to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters |
| 2638 | with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower |
| 2639 | costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller. |
| 2640 | The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | cbe52d8 | 1998-02-28 07:00:24 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | size. |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and |
| 2645 | are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has |
| 2646 | been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights. |
Guy Schalnat | 0d58058 | 1995-07-20 02:43:20 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 | Removing unwanted object code |
Guy Schalnat | 51f0eb4 | 1995-09-26 05:22:39 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | |
Guy Schalnat | 69b1448 | 1996-01-10 02:56:49 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2651 | libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef |
| 2653 | before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or |
| 2654 | you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with |
| 2655 | PNG_NO_. |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 228bd39 | 2000-04-23 23:14:02 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | off en masse with compiler directives that define |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2659 | PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS, |
| 2660 | or all four, |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | the extra transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | and writing PNG files with all known public chunks |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2665 | Use of the PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 46f61e2 | 1998-01-30 21:45:12 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2666 | produces a library that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | If you are not using the progressive reading capability, you can |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d0dce40 | 1998-05-09 10:02:29 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2668 | turn that off with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 08a3343 | 1998-03-07 06:06:55 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | this with the INTERLACING capability, which you'll still have). |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | |
| 2671 | All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to |
| 2673 | make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the |
| 2674 | reading files start with pngr and all the writing files start with |
| 2675 | pngw. The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.) |
| 2676 | are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included. |
| 2677 | The progressive reader is in pngpread.c |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library, |
| 2681 | as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the |
| 2682 | library to fail if they call functions not available in your library. |
| 2683 | The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 61c32d9 | 2000-02-04 23:40:16 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | Requesting debug printout |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging |
| 2689 | printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher |
| 2690 | numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The |
| 2691 | information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file |
| 2692 | name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition. |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available: |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | png_debug(level, message) |
| 2697 | png_debug1(level, message, p1) |
| 2698 | png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2) |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print |
| 2701 | the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed, |
| 2702 | and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string |
| 2703 | according to printf-style formatting directives. For example, |
| 2704 | |
| 2705 | png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo); |
| 2706 | |
| 2707 | is expanded to |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | if(PNG_DEBUG > 2) |
| 2710 | fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo); |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you |
| 2713 | can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging: |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | #ifdef PNG_DEBUG |
| 2716 | fprintf(stderr, ... |
| 2717 | #endif |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements |
| 2720 | having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in |
| 2721 | this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed. |
| 2722 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1fd5fb3 | 2001-05-06 05:34:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | VI. Runtime optimization |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 231e687 | 2001-01-12 15:13:06 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1fd5fb3 | 2001-05-06 05:34:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | A new feature in libpng 1.2.0 is the ability to dynamically switch between |
| 2726 | standard and optimized versions of some routines. Currently these are |
| 2727 | limited to three computationally intensive tasks when reading PNG files: |
| 2728 | decoding row filters, expanding interlacing, and combining interlaced or |
| 2729 | transparent row data with previous row data. Currently the optimized |
| 2730 | versions are available only for x86 (Intel, AMD, etc.) platforms with |
| 2731 | MMX support, though this may change in future versions. (For example, |
| 2732 | the non-MMX assembler optimizations for zlib might become similarly |
| 2733 | runtime-selectable in future releases, in which case libpng could be |
| 2734 | extended to support them. Alternatively, the compile-time choice of |
| 2735 | floating-point versus integer routines for gamma correction might become |
| 2736 | runtime-selectable.) |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | Because such optimizations tend to be very platform- and compiler-dependent, |
| 2739 | both in how they are written and in how they perform, the new runtime code |
| 2740 | in libpng has been written to allow programs to query, enable, and disable |
| 2741 | either specific optimizations or all such optimizations. For example, to |
| 2742 | enable all possible optimizations (bearing in mind that some "optimizations" |
| 2743 | may actually run more slowly in rare cases): |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 | #if defined(PNG_LIBPNG_VER) && (PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10200) |
| 2746 | png_uint_32 mask, flags; |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | flags = png_get_asm_flags(png_ptr); |
| 2749 | mask = png_get_asm_flagmask(PNG_SELECT_READ | PNG_SELECT_WRITE); |
| 2750 | png_set_asm_flags(png_ptr, flags | mask); |
| 2751 | #endif |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | To enable only optimizations relevant to reading PNGs, use PNG_SELECT_READ |
| 2754 | by itself when calling png_get_asm_flagmask(); similarly for optimizing |
| 2755 | only writing. To disable all optimizations: |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | #if defined(PNG_LIBPNG_VER) && (PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10200) |
| 2758 | flags = png_get_asm_flags(png_ptr); |
| 2759 | mask = png_get_asm_flagmask(PNG_SELECT_READ | PNG_SELECT_WRITE); |
| 2760 | png_set_asm_flags(png_ptr, flags & ~mask); |
| 2761 | #endif |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | To enable or disable only MMX-related features, use png_get_mmx_flagmask() |
| 2764 | in place of png_get_asm_flagmask(). The mmx version takes one additional |
| 2765 | parameter: |
| 2766 | |
| 2767 | #if defined(PNG_LIBPNG_VER) && (PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10200) |
| 2768 | int selection = PNG_SELECT_READ | PNG_SELECT_WRITE; |
| 2769 | int compilerID; |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | mask = png_get_mmx_flagmask(selection, &compilerID); |
| 2772 | #endif |
| 2773 | |
| 2774 | On return, compilerID will indicate which version of the MMX assembler |
| 2775 | optimizations was compiled. Currently two flavors exist: Microsoft |
| 2776 | Visual C++ (compilerID == 1) and GNU C (a.k.a. gcc/gas, compilerID == 2). |
| 2777 | On non-x86 platforms or on systems compiled without MMX optimizations, a |
| 2778 | value of -1 is used. |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | Note that both png_get_asm_flagmask() and png_get_mmx_flagmask() return |
| 2781 | all valid, settable optimization bits for the version of the library that's |
| 2782 | currently in use. In the case of shared (dynamically linked) libraries, |
| 2783 | this may include optimizations that did not exist at the time the code was |
| 2784 | written and compiled. It is also possible, of course, to enable only known, |
| 2785 | specific optimizations; for example: |
| 2786 | |
| 2787 | #if defined(PNG_LIBPNG_VER) && (PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10200) |
| 2788 | flags = PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW \ |
| 2789 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE \ |
| 2790 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB \ |
| 2791 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP \ |
| 2792 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG \ |
| 2793 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH ; |
| 2794 | png_set_asm_flags(png_ptr, flags); |
| 2795 | #endif |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | This method would enable only the MMX read-optimizations available at the |
| 2798 | time of libpng 1.2.0's release, regardless of whether a later version of |
| 2799 | the DLL were actually being used. (Also note that these functions did not |
| 2800 | exist in versions older than 1.2.0, so any attempt to run a dynamically |
| 2801 | linked app on such an older version would fail.) |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | To determine whether the processor supports MMX instructions at all, use |
| 2804 | the png_mmx_support() function: |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | #if defined(PNG_LIBPNG_VER) && (PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10200) |
| 2807 | mmxsupport = png_mmx_support(); |
| 2808 | #endif |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | It returns -1 if MMX support is not compiled into libpng, 0 if MMX code |
| 2811 | is compiled but MMX is not supported by the processor, or 1 if MMX support |
| 2812 | is fully available. Note that png_mmx_support(), png_get_mmx_flagmask(), |
| 2813 | and png_get_asm_flagmask() all may be called without allocating and ini- |
| 2814 | tializing any PNG structures (for example, as part of a usage screen or |
| 2815 | "about" box). |
| 2816 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1078104 | 2001-09-01 07:54:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | The following code can be used to prevent an application from using the |
| 2818 | thread_unsafe features, even if libpng was built with PNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK |
| 2819 | defined: |
| 2820 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1721829 | 2006-04-20 07:20:46 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | #if defined(PNG_USE_PNGGCCRD) && defined(PNG_MMX_CODE_SUPPORTED) \ |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1078104 | 2001-09-01 07:54:01 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | && defined(PNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK) |
| 2823 | /* Disable thread-unsafe features of pnggccrd */ |
| 2824 | if (png_access_version() >= 10200) |
| 2825 | { |
| 2826 | png_uint_32 mmx_disable_mask = 0; |
| 2827 | png_uint_32 asm_flags; |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | mmx_disable_mask |= ( PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW \ |
| 2830 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB \ |
| 2831 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG \ |
| 2832 | | PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH ); |
| 2833 | asm_flags = png_get_asm_flags(png_ptr); |
| 2834 | png_set_asm_flags(png_ptr, asm_flags & ~mmx_disable_mask); |
| 2835 | } |
| 2836 | #endif |
| 2837 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1fd5fb3 | 2001-05-06 05:34:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | For more extensive examples of runtime querying, enabling and disabling |
| 2839 | of optimized features, see contrib/gregbook/readpng2.c in the libpng |
| 2840 | source-code distribution. |
| 2841 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | VII. MNG support |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2ad31ae | 2000-12-15 08:54:42 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | |
| 2844 | The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows |
| 2845 | certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams. |
| 2846 | Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the |
| 2847 | png_permit_mng_features() function: |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask) |
| 2850 | mask is a png_uint_32 containing the logical OR of the |
| 2851 | features you want to enable. These include |
| 2852 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE |
| 2853 | PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 |
| 2854 | PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5b5dcf8 | 2004-07-17 22:45:44 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the logical AND of |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 2ad31ae | 2000-12-15 08:54:42 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | your mask with the set of MNG features that is |
| 2857 | supported by the version of libpng that you are using. |
| 2858 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone |
| 2860 | PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | f05f803 | 2000-12-23 14:27:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature |
| 2862 | and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these |
| 2863 | or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for |
| 2864 | them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at |
| 2865 | http://www.libmng.com) instead. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 408b421 | 2000-12-18 09:33:57 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 | VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88 |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2868 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | c4a2ae6 | 1998-01-16 22:06:18 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not |
| 2870 | distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by |
| 2871 | Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and |
| 2872 | distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member |
| 2873 | of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are |
| 2874 | still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things. |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | |
| 2876 | The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(), |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 8b6a889 | 2001-05-18 04:54:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 | png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7529457 | 2000-05-06 14:09:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2878 | moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These |
| 2879 | functions will be removed from libpng version 2.0.0. |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures |
Andreas Dilger | 47a0c42 | 1997-05-16 02:46:07 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the |
| 2885 | use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which |
| 2886 | the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and |
| 2887 | png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng |
| 2888 | allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they |
| 2889 | can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and |
| 2890 | png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead |
| 2891 | allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read. |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | |
| 2893 | Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before |
| 2894 | png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 5c6aeb2 | 1998-12-29 11:47:59 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 | because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions |
Guy Schalnat | e5a3779 | 1996-06-05 15:50:50 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible |
| 2897 | to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 7529457 | 2000-05-06 14:09:57 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new |
| 2899 | name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old |
| 2900 | method. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1ef65b6 | 2000-05-12 06:19:53 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library |
| 2903 | you are using at run-time: |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number(); |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor |
| 2908 | version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero, |
| 2909 | (e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007). |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your |
| 2912 | application: |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER; |
| 2915 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | a4981d4 | 2004-08-25 22:00:45 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2916 | IX. Y2K Compliance in libpng |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60b8fa | 2006-04-20 21:31:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2918 | April 21, 2006 |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | |
| 2920 | Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make |
| 2921 | an official declaration. |
| 2922 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | d60b8fa | 2006-04-20 21:31:14 -0500 | [diff] [blame^] | 2924 | upward through 1.4.0beta2 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | versions were also Y2K compliant. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | |
| 2927 | Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that |
| 2928 | will hold years up to 65535. The other two hold the date in text |
| 2929 | format, and will hold years up to 9999. |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | The integer is |
| 2932 | "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | The strings are |
| 2935 | "png_charp time_buffer" in png_struct and |
| 2936 | "near_time_buffer", which is a local character string in png.c. |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | There are seven time-related functions: |
| 2939 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 1909560 | 2001-03-14 07:08:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2942 | png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called |
| 2943 | in pngwrite.c |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2944 | png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c |
| 2945 | png_get_tIME() in pngget.c |
| 2946 | png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c |
| 2947 | png_set_tIME() in pngset.c |
| 2948 | png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c |
| 2949 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 166c5a3 | 1999-12-10 09:43:02 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2951 | png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system |
| 2952 | clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to |
| 2953 | the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using |
| 2954 | libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year |
| 2956 | instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, |
| 2957 | but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always |
| 2958 | stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been |
| 2959 | documented as such. |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | |
| 2961 | The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned |
| 2962 | integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. |
| 2963 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 4393a9a | 1999-09-17 12:27:26 -0500 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains |
| 2965 | no date-related code. |
| 2966 | |
Glenn Randers-Pehrson | 87544ac | 1999-01-13 22:06:39 -0600 | [diff] [blame] | 2967 | |
| 2968 | Glenn Randers-Pehrson |
| 2969 | libpng maintainer |
| 2970 | PNG Development Group |